1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
84 #include "common/array-view.h"
85 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
87 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
88 enum exception_event_kind
95 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
97 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
98 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
100 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
103 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
104 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
105 enum bptype type_wanted
);
107 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
108 struct linespec_result
*,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
110 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
112 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
115 int, int, int, unsigned);
117 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
118 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
119 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
121 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
122 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
124 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
126 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
130 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
132 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
135 struct symtab_and_line
,
137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*
140 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
145 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
147 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
151 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
152 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
153 struct obj_section
*, int);
155 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
156 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
158 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
159 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
162 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
163 const address_space
*,
166 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
167 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
169 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
171 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
175 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
177 int *other_type_used
);
179 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
182 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
184 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
186 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
188 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
189 insert locations now. */
190 enum ugll_insert_mode
192 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
193 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
194 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
195 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
196 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
197 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
198 returns true on them.
200 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
201 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
202 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
203 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
204 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
205 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
209 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
210 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
213 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
214 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
215 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
216 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
217 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
218 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
219 as no thread is running yet. */
223 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
225 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
227 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
229 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
231 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
233 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
235 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
237 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
239 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
242 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
244 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
245 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
246 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
247 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
249 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
257 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
259 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
260 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
262 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
263 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
265 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
266 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
267 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
268 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
269 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
270 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
272 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
273 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
274 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
275 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
281 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
283 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
284 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
285 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
286 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
288 static char *dprintf_function
;
290 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
291 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
292 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
293 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
294 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
295 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
296 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
298 static char *dprintf_channel
;
300 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
302 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
304 struct command_line
*
305 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
307 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
310 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
311 current breakpoint. */
313 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
316 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
318 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
319 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
321 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
323 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
326 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
327 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
328 if such is available. */
329 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
332 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
333 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
336 fprintf_filtered (file
,
337 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
338 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
342 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
343 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
344 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
345 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
346 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
348 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
349 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
352 fprintf_filtered (file
,
353 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
354 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
358 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
359 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
360 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
361 use hardware breakpoints. */
362 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
364 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
365 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
368 fprintf_filtered (file
,
369 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
373 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
374 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
375 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
376 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
377 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
378 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
379 processing user input. */
380 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
383 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
384 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
386 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
393 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
395 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
397 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
398 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
399 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
402 else if (target_has_execution
)
404 if (always_inserted_mode
)
406 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
411 if (threads_are_executing ())
414 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
415 stopped, we still have events to process. */
416 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
418 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
424 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
426 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
427 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
428 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
430 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
431 condition_evaluation_auto
,
432 condition_evaluation_host
,
433 condition_evaluation_target
,
437 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
438 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
440 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
441 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
442 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
444 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
445 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
446 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
450 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
452 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
454 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
455 return condition_evaluation_target
;
457 return condition_evaluation_host
;
463 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
466 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
468 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
471 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
475 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
477 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
479 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
482 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
483 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
485 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
486 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
488 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
489 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
491 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
492 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
493 current breakpoint. */
495 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
497 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
498 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
499 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
502 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
503 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
504 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
506 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
507 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
508 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
511 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
512 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
513 to where the loop should start from.
514 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
515 appropriate location to start with. */
517 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
518 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
519 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
521 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
522 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
525 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
527 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
528 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
529 if (is_tracepoint (B))
531 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
533 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
535 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
537 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
539 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
541 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
543 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
544 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
545 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
546 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
547 an address you need to read. */
549 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
551 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
552 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
553 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
554 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
555 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
557 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
559 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
560 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
561 reported by a target. */
562 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
564 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
566 static int breakpoint_count
;
568 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
569 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
570 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
571 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
572 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
574 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
576 static int tracepoint_count
;
578 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
580 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
582 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
585 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
588 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
592 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
599 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
601 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
603 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
606 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
609 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
611 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
612 breakpoint_count
= num
;
613 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
616 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
617 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
618 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
620 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
623 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
625 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
628 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
631 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
633 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
639 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
641 struct breakpoint
*b
;
648 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
649 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
652 get_breakpoint (int num
)
654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
657 if (b
->number
== num
)
665 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
666 evaluating conditions on its side. */
669 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
671 struct bp_location
*loc
;
673 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
674 evaluating conditions and if the user has
675 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
677 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
678 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
681 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
684 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
685 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
688 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
689 evaluating conditions on its side. */
692 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
694 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
695 evaluating conditions and if the user has
696 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
698 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
699 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
703 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
706 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
709 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
710 condition_evaluation_mode. */
713 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
714 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
716 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
718 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
719 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
721 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
722 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
723 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
727 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
728 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
730 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
731 settings was "auto". */
732 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
734 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
735 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
737 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
738 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
739 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
741 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
742 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
745 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
747 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
749 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
750 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
754 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
755 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
756 target knows about. */
757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
758 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
759 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
769 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
770 what "auto" is translating to. */
773 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
774 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
776 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
777 fprintf_filtered (file
,
778 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
779 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
781 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
783 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
787 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
788 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
789 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
792 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
794 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
795 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
797 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
800 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
803 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
804 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
805 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
808 static struct bp_location
**
809 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
811 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
812 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
815 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
816 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
818 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
819 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
820 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
821 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
822 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
824 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
825 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
828 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
829 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
830 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
831 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
838 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
841 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
842 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
844 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
846 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
848 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
852 struct bp_location
*loc
;
854 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
858 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
859 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
860 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
867 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
871 const char *arg
= exp
;
873 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
874 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
875 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
876 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
878 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
882 innermost_block
.reset ();
884 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
886 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
887 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
891 struct bp_location
*loc
;
893 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
897 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
898 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
900 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
904 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
906 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
909 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
912 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
913 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
914 const char *text
, const char *word
)
918 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
919 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
927 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
928 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
929 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
933 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
940 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
942 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
944 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
945 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
952 /* We're completing the expression part. */
953 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
954 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
957 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
960 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
962 struct breakpoint
*b
;
967 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
970 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
972 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
975 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
977 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
978 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
979 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
980 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
981 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
985 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
986 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
987 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
989 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
991 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
992 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
997 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1000 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1001 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1002 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1007 struct command_line
*c
;
1009 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1011 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1012 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1013 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1015 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1016 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1018 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1019 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1020 command directly. */
1021 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1022 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1029 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1031 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1034 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1037 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1039 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1040 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1041 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1045 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1047 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1051 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1053 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1056 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1059 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1060 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1064 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1065 b
= new tracepoint ();
1066 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1067 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1069 b
= new breakpoint ();
1071 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1074 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1075 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1079 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1080 struct command_line
*commands
)
1082 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1084 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1085 struct command_line
*c
;
1086 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1088 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1089 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1093 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1094 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1095 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1096 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1097 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1098 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1099 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1100 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1101 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1102 tracepoint's context. */
1103 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1105 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1107 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1108 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1109 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1110 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1115 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1116 "can be used only once"));
1121 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1125 struct command_line
*c2
;
1127 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1128 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1129 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1131 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1132 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1142 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1143 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1145 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1146 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1149 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1150 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1153 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1156 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1157 found
.push_back (b
);
1163 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1164 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1167 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1168 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1170 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1172 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1173 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1176 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1177 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1181 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1183 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1186 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1187 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1190 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1191 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1194 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1196 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1199 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1200 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1203 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1204 breakpoint work for any task. */
1207 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1209 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1212 if (old_task
!= task
)
1213 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1217 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1218 struct command_line
*control
)
1220 counted_command_line cmd
;
1221 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1222 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1223 list of command by just typing "end". */
1224 bool cmd_read
= false;
1226 std::string new_arg
;
1228 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1230 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1231 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1233 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1234 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1235 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1238 map_breakpoint_numbers
1239 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1243 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1244 if (control
!= NULL
)
1245 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1249 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1250 "%s, one per line."),
1253 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1255 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1257 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1258 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1259 validator
= do_validate
;
1261 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1266 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1268 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1270 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1272 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1278 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1280 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1283 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1284 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1286 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1287 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1288 enum command_control_type
1289 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1291 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1292 return simple_control
;
1295 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1298 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1300 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1304 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1305 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1310 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1311 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1314 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1315 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1316 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1319 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1320 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1321 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1322 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1323 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1325 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1326 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1330 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1331 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1333 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1337 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1339 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1340 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1342 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1344 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1349 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1351 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1356 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1357 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1359 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1360 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1361 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1365 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1367 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1368 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1371 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1373 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1374 shadow_contents buffer. */
1375 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1376 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1377 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1379 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1381 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1382 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1386 const unsigned char *bp
;
1387 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1390 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1391 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1392 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1394 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1396 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1398 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1399 breakpoint's INSN. */
1400 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1404 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1405 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1407 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1408 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1409 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1411 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1412 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1413 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1414 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1415 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1416 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1417 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1418 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1420 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1423 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1424 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1425 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1427 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1429 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1431 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1432 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1433 report higher one. */
1436 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1437 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1439 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1441 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1442 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1444 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1445 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1446 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1447 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1449 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1450 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1451 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1453 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1455 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1462 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1463 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1464 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1465 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1466 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1469 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1471 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1472 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1473 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1476 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1479 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1481 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1483 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1485 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1486 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1487 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1490 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1493 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1494 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1495 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1498 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1501 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1502 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1508 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1512 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1514 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1515 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1522 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1524 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1525 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1529 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1533 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1535 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1536 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1539 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1540 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1541 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1542 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1543 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1544 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1545 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1546 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1549 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1551 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1552 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1553 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1554 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1557 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1558 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1561 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1563 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1565 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1567 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1571 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1574 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1577 static struct value
*
1578 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1580 struct value
*bit_val
;
1585 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1587 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1590 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1597 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1598 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1599 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1600 to be able to report stops. */
1603 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1604 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1606 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1608 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1609 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1610 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1611 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1614 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1615 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1618 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1620 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1622 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1623 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1624 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1627 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1628 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1629 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1630 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1632 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1634 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1635 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1638 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1639 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1640 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1641 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1642 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1643 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1644 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1645 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1647 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1648 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1649 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1650 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1651 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1652 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1653 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1654 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1657 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1658 hardware watchpoints:
1660 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1661 called several times when GDB stops.
1664 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1665 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1666 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1667 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1668 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1669 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1670 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1671 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1672 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1673 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1674 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1676 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1677 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1680 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1682 int within_current_scope
;
1683 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1686 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1687 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1688 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1689 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1692 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1697 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1698 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1699 within_current_scope
= 1;
1702 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1703 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1704 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1706 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1707 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1708 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1709 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1710 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1713 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1714 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1715 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1716 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1719 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1721 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1722 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1723 if (within_current_scope
)
1727 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1728 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1729 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1732 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1737 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1738 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1739 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1740 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1741 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1742 be completely different objects. */
1746 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1747 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1748 locations (re)created below. */
1749 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1751 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1754 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1758 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1759 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1760 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1761 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1762 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1763 if (!target_has_execution
)
1765 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1766 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1767 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1768 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1770 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1771 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1773 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1774 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1777 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1780 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1781 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1782 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1784 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1786 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1787 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1788 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1789 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1790 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1792 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1794 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1795 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1796 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1800 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1802 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1803 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1804 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1808 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1809 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1810 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1811 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1812 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1813 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1814 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1816 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1818 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1819 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1820 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1822 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1823 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1826 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1827 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1828 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1830 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1832 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1834 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1835 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1837 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1839 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1840 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1841 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1842 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1843 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1846 addr
= value_address (v
);
1849 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1854 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1870 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1871 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1874 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1876 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1889 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1891 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1895 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1911 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1912 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1928 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1930 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1932 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1951 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1953 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1954 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1955 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1957 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1958 "read/access watchpoint."));
1961 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1963 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1964 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1965 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1966 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1969 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1970 above left it without any location set up. But,
1971 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1972 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1973 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1974 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2022 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2023 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2024 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2026 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2027 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2028 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2030 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2031 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2032 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2033 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2034 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2035 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2036 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2037 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2038 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2042 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2043 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2044 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2045 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2050 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2051 instruction that triggered one. */
2052 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2053 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2057 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2058 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2059 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2060 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2069 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2070 that the location is not duplicated. */
2073 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2076 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2079 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2080 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2084 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2085 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2086 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2087 any error during parsing. */
2089 static agent_expr_up
2090 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2095 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2097 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2098 that may show up. */
2101 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2104 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2106 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2107 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2108 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2112 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2116 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2117 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2118 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2119 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2120 one of them is true. */
2123 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2125 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2126 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2127 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2128 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2130 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2131 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2133 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2134 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2135 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2137 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2138 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2141 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2142 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2143 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2144 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2145 response back to GDB. */
2146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2149 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2153 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2154 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2155 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2156 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2157 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2161 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2162 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2163 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2165 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2171 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2172 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2173 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2175 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2176 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2177 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2182 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2184 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2186 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2189 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2194 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2195 for this location's address. */
2196 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2200 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2201 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2202 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2205 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2206 to send the conditions to the target. */
2207 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2214 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2215 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2216 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2218 static agent_expr_up
2219 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2221 const char *cmdrest
;
2222 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2223 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2230 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2232 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2234 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2235 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2237 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2239 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2241 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2243 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2244 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2246 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2248 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2249 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2253 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2255 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2257 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2258 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2263 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2264 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2266 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2270 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2272 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2273 that may show up. */
2276 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2277 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2278 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2280 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2282 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2283 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2284 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2288 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2292 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2293 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2294 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2297 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2299 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2300 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2301 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2302 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2304 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2305 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2307 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2310 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2311 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2314 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2315 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2316 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2321 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2322 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2323 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2327 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2328 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2329 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2330 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2331 response back to GDB. */
2332 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2335 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2339 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2340 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2341 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2342 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2344 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2345 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2348 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2349 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2350 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2352 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2358 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2360 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2365 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2366 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2368 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2370 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2373 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2378 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2379 for this location's address. */
2380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2383 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2384 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2385 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2386 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2389 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2390 to send the commands to the target. */
2391 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2395 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2396 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2397 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2398 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2401 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2402 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2403 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2407 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2409 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2411 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2412 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2414 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2416 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2420 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2423 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2424 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2425 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2426 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2429 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2430 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2432 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2433 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2434 int *disabled_breaks
,
2435 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2436 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2438 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2440 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2443 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2444 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2445 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2446 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2447 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2448 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2449 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2450 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2451 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2452 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2453 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2454 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2456 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2457 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2458 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2459 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2461 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2463 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2464 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2465 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2466 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2469 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2470 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2472 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2474 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2475 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2476 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2478 Two important cases are:
2479 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2480 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2481 hardware breakpoint.
2482 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2483 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2484 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2487 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2488 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2489 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2490 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2492 struct mem_region
*mr
2493 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2497 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2499 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2501 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2502 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2504 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2506 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2508 static int said
= 0;
2510 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2513 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2514 _("Note: automatically using "
2515 "hardware breakpoints for "
2516 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2521 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2522 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2525 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2526 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2527 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2529 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2535 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2536 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2537 || bl
->section
== NULL
2538 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2540 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2545 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2547 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2549 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2557 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2558 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2559 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2561 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2562 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2563 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2564 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2565 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2569 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2571 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2572 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2573 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2575 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2580 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2581 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2582 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2583 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2584 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2587 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2589 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2595 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2596 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2597 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2598 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2602 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2603 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2605 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2610 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2612 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2614 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2622 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2623 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2628 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2630 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2632 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2633 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2634 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2635 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2636 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2637 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2638 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2639 errors as memory errors. */
2640 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2641 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2642 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2643 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2644 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2645 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2648 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2649 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2650 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2651 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2657 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2658 "library breakpoints:\n");
2660 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2662 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2667 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2669 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2670 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2671 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2672 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2674 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2675 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2681 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2684 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2685 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2687 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2688 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2690 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2710 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2711 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2712 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2713 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2717 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2718 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2720 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2722 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2723 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2724 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2726 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2728 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2729 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2731 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2733 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2734 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2738 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2739 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2746 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2750 /* Back to the original value. */
2751 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2755 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2758 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2763 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2765 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2768 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2772 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2773 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2775 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2778 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2780 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2781 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2782 so just return success. */
2789 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2790 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2794 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2796 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2797 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2799 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2802 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2806 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2807 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2810 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2812 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2814 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2815 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2816 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2818 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2819 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2821 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2827 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2828 removed locations above. */
2829 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2832 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2833 Throws exception on any error.
2834 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2835 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2837 insert_breakpoints (void)
2839 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2842 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2844 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2846 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2849 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2850 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2851 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2855 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2858 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2860 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2864 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2868 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2869 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2870 always-inserted mode. */
2873 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2875 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2878 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2879 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2880 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2882 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2884 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2885 there was an error. */
2886 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2888 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2892 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2894 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2897 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2898 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2899 deletion of breakpoints. */
2900 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2903 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2905 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2906 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2907 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2908 insert breakpoints. */
2909 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2910 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2913 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2914 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2921 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2922 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2926 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2929 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2931 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2932 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2935 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2936 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2937 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2939 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2941 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2942 there was an error. */
2943 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2945 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2949 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2952 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2953 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2954 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2955 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2956 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2959 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2961 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2962 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2963 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2964 insert breakpoints. */
2965 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2966 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2969 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2970 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2975 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2976 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2979 int some_failed
= 0;
2980 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2982 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2985 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2988 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2991 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2992 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2999 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3001 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3003 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3004 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3005 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3013 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3014 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3015 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3017 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3018 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3020 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3021 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3025 /* Used when the program stops.
3026 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3027 removing a breakpoint location. */
3030 remove_breakpoints (void)
3032 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3037 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3038 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3043 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3047 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3049 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3053 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3055 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3057 printf_filtered (_("\
3058 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3059 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3061 /* Hide it from the user. */
3067 /* Remove breakpoints of inferior INF. */
3070 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3072 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3075 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3077 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3080 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3082 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3090 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3092 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3093 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3094 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3095 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3096 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3097 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3099 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3102 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3105 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3106 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3110 static struct breakpoint
*
3111 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3112 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3115 symtab_and_line sal
;
3117 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3118 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3120 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3121 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3122 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3127 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3129 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3131 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3133 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3139 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3140 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3142 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3143 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3145 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3147 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3149 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3150 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3152 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3153 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3155 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3156 int exception_searched
= 0;
3158 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3160 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3163 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3165 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3166 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3168 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3171 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3173 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3176 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3177 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3179 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3180 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3182 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3184 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3185 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3186 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3188 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3189 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3191 return bp_objfile_data
;
3195 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3197 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3198 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3200 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3204 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3206 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3207 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3209 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3211 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3212 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3214 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3216 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3218 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3221 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3223 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3225 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3226 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3228 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3229 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3232 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3235 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3236 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3238 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3239 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3240 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3241 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3243 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3245 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3246 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3250 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3251 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3257 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3259 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3261 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3263 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3265 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3267 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3269 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3272 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3273 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3275 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3277 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3279 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3281 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3282 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3286 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3289 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3291 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3292 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3296 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3297 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3300 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3302 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3304 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3306 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3307 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3310 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3311 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3317 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3320 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3322 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3323 const char *func_name
;
3325 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3327 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3330 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3331 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3335 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3336 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3338 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3339 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3342 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3345 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3346 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3347 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3348 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3349 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3350 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3351 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3357 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3361 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3362 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3364 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3366 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3368 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3371 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3373 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3377 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3379 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3381 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3384 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3388 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3389 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3390 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3392 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3393 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3396 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3399 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3400 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3401 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3402 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3403 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3404 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3405 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3406 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3411 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3414 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3417 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3419 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3421 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3422 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3425 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3427 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3429 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3430 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3432 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3433 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3437 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3440 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3442 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3443 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3447 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3448 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3451 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3453 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3455 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3457 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3458 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3459 bp_exception_master
,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3461 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3462 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3468 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3470 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3473 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3475 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3477 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3479 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3480 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3482 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3486 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3489 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3490 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3491 current_top_target ());
3492 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3493 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3494 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3495 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3496 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3497 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3501 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3504 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3506 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3510 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3512 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3513 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3515 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3516 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3517 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3518 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3519 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3520 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3521 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3522 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3524 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3525 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3529 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3532 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3533 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3535 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3539 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3540 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3542 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3546 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3547 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3548 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3549 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3550 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3552 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3556 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3557 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3559 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3563 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3564 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3566 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3570 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3572 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3573 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3574 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3576 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3580 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3582 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3583 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3584 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3585 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3589 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3590 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3591 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3592 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3593 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3594 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3596 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3597 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3598 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3599 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3600 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3601 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3602 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3604 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3605 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3606 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3607 let finish_command delete it.
3609 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3610 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3611 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3612 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3613 solib breakpoints.) */
3615 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3620 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3621 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3623 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3625 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3632 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3634 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3636 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3637 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3639 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3640 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3642 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3643 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3644 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3646 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3649 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3650 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3651 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3652 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3653 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3654 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3655 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3659 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3665 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3666 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3667 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3668 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3669 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3672 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3676 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3677 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3679 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3680 This should not ever happen. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3683 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3684 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3686 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3687 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3688 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3690 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3691 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3692 || bl
->section
== NULL
3693 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3695 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3697 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3698 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3699 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3700 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3701 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3702 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3703 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3704 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3705 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3706 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3707 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3708 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3709 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3710 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3711 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3712 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3713 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3714 they should always be removed. */
3715 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3716 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3717 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3720 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3724 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3725 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3726 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3728 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3729 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3731 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3732 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3733 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3734 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3735 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3737 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3738 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3741 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3742 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3745 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3746 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3747 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3748 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3750 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3751 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3752 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3753 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3754 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3755 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3761 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3766 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3767 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3768 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3769 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3770 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3771 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3772 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3773 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3774 always-inserted mode. */
3776 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3777 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3778 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3779 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3785 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3787 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3789 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3790 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3792 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3793 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3795 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3796 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3797 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3800 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3801 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3804 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3805 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3807 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3811 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3818 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3820 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3821 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3823 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3824 This should not ever happen. */
3825 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3827 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3829 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3831 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3834 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3837 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3839 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3842 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3846 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3847 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3849 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3852 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3853 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3854 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3859 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3861 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3862 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3864 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3866 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3869 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3871 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3873 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3879 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3881 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3882 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3885 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3887 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3889 case bp_shlib_event
:
3891 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3892 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3893 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3894 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3895 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3897 (gdb) file prog-linux
3898 (gdb) run # native linux target
3901 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3902 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3905 case bp_step_resume
:
3907 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3909 case bp_single_step
:
3911 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3913 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3917 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3918 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3919 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3923 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3924 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3925 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3928 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3929 valid. New ones will be created in
3930 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3931 The next update_global_location_list call will
3932 garbage collect them. */
3935 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3937 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3938 insert_breakpoints. */
3939 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3950 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3951 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3952 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3953 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3956 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3957 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3958 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3959 match, not program space. */
3961 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3962 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3963 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3964 permanent breakpoint.
3965 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3966 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3967 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3968 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3969 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3971 enum breakpoint_here
3972 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3974 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3975 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3979 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3983 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3984 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3986 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3988 if (overlay_debugging
3989 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3990 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3991 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3992 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3993 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3995 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3999 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4002 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4005 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4006 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4008 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4010 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4012 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4013 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4016 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4018 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4021 if (overlay_debugging
4022 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4023 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4025 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4036 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4039 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4041 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4042 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4048 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4052 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4053 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4056 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4059 if (overlay_debugging
4060 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4061 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4062 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4069 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4072 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4074 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4076 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4078 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4080 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4081 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4084 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4090 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4094 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4097 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4099 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4101 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4103 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4106 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4113 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4116 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4119 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4121 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4123 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4125 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4128 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4136 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4137 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4139 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4141 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4143 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4145 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4146 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4149 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4152 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4153 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4157 /* Check for intersection. */
4158 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4159 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4168 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4172 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4174 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4177 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4180 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4182 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4183 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4186 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4187 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4190 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4207 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4209 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4210 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4211 commands (other
.commands
),
4212 print (other
.print
),
4214 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4216 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4217 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4218 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4221 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4222 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4225 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4229 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4234 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4236 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4239 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4249 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4252 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4257 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4259 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4265 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4268 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4270 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4272 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4274 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4276 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4281 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4290 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4291 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4292 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4293 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4295 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4296 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4298 Return 1 otherwise. */
4301 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4303 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4306 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4308 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4309 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4310 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4311 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4312 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4314 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4316 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4320 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4323 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4327 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4330 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4331 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4333 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4334 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4338 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4341 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4343 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4345 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4347 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4348 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4349 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4350 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4351 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4355 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4358 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4359 or its equivalent. */
4362 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4364 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4367 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4368 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4369 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4370 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4372 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4373 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4374 bpstat of the current thread. */
4377 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4382 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4384 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4387 scoped_restore save_executing
4388 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4390 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4392 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4395 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4396 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4398 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4400 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4402 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4403 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4404 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4405 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4406 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4407 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4408 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4409 the tree when we're done. */
4410 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4411 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4414 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4416 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4422 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4424 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4430 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4432 if (current_ui
->async
)
4433 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4434 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4435 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4438 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4439 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4440 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4441 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4442 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4443 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4444 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4445 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4446 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4447 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4448 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4449 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4450 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4458 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4459 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4461 static thread_info
*
4462 get_bpstat_thread ()
4464 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4467 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4468 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4474 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4476 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4479 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4480 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4482 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4483 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4484 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4485 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4486 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4490 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4493 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4496 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4499 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4502 struct value_print_options opts
;
4503 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4504 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4508 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4509 debugging multiple threads. */
4512 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4514 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4519 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4522 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4524 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4525 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4527 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4530 uiout
->text (" \"");
4531 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4535 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4539 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4540 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4541 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4542 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4545 static enum print_stop_action
4546 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4548 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4551 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4552 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4556 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4557 relevant messages. */
4558 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4561 case print_it_normal
:
4563 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4565 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4566 which has since been deleted. */
4568 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4570 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4571 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4576 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4577 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4582 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4585 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4587 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4588 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4592 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4593 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4595 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4596 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4599 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4600 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4601 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4605 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4606 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4607 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4609 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4612 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4613 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4614 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4620 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4621 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4623 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4626 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4628 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4629 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4634 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4635 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4636 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4637 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4638 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4639 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4640 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4643 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4644 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4645 code to print the location. An example is
4646 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4648 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4649 to also print the location part of the message.
4650 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4651 don't require a location appended to the end.
4652 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4653 further info to be printed. */
4655 enum print_stop_action
4656 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4658 enum print_stop_action val
;
4660 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4661 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4662 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4663 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4664 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4666 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4667 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4668 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4669 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4673 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4674 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4675 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4676 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4678 print_solib_event (0);
4679 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4682 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4683 with and nothing was printed. */
4684 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4687 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4690 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4692 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4693 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4695 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4699 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4701 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4703 bp_location_at (bl
),
4704 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4708 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4710 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4711 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4712 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4717 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4718 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4722 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4726 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4727 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4730 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4732 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4736 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4738 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4739 as not triggered. */
4741 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4743 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4745 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4751 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4753 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4754 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4756 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4758 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4760 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4766 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4767 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4771 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4773 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4774 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4776 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4777 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4779 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4781 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4782 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4784 if (newaddr
== start
)
4786 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4790 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4791 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4795 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4804 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4805 enum wp_check_result
4807 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4810 /* The value has changed. */
4811 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4813 /* The value has not changed. */
4814 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4816 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4820 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4821 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4823 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4826 static wp_check_result
4827 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4829 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4830 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4831 int within_current_scope
;
4833 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4834 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4835 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4837 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4838 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4839 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4840 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4843 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4844 within_current_scope
= 1;
4847 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4848 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4851 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4852 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4853 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4854 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4855 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4856 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4857 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4858 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4859 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4860 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4863 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4864 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4866 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4867 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4868 if (within_current_scope
)
4870 struct symbol
*function
;
4872 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4873 if (function
== NULL
4874 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4875 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4876 within_current_scope
= 0;
4879 if (within_current_scope
)
4880 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4881 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4886 if (within_current_scope
)
4888 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4889 time before we return to the command level and call
4890 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4891 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4895 struct value
*new_val
;
4897 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4898 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4899 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4900 a mask watchpoint. */
4901 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4903 mark
= value_mark ();
4904 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4906 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4907 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4909 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4910 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4911 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4912 not what we want. */
4913 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4914 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4917 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4918 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4920 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4921 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4922 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4926 /* Nothing changed. */
4927 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4928 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4933 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4934 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4935 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4936 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4937 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4938 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4939 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4940 the first value assigned). */
4941 /* We print all the stop information in
4942 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4943 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4944 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4947 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4949 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4951 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4953 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4954 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4955 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4956 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4957 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4960 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4962 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4968 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4969 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4970 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4973 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4974 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4975 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4977 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4979 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4980 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4982 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4985 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4986 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4989 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4991 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4992 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4994 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4995 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4996 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4997 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4998 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5001 int must_check_value
= 0;
5003 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5004 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5006 must_check_value
= 1;
5007 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5008 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5009 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5011 must_check_value
= 1;
5012 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5013 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5014 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5015 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5016 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5017 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5018 must_check_value
= 1;
5020 if (must_check_value
)
5026 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5028 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5030 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5031 "Error evaluating expression "
5032 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5035 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5037 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5040 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5048 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5049 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5053 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5056 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5057 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5059 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5061 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5062 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5063 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5064 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5065 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5066 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5067 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5070 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5071 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5074 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5075 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5076 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5077 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5079 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5080 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5081 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5084 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5085 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5086 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5087 changes. This still gives false positives when
5088 the program writes the same value to memory as
5089 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5090 it for a read), but it's much better than
5093 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5095 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5097 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5100 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5101 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5103 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5104 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5106 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5107 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5109 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5115 if (other_write_watchpoint
5116 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5118 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5119 and the value changed since the last time we
5120 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5122 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5127 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5128 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5129 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5131 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5132 the value hasn't changed. */
5133 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5143 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5145 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5146 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5147 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5148 anything for this watchpoint. */
5149 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5155 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5156 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5157 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5158 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5161 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5163 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5164 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5166 bool condition_result
= true;
5167 struct expression
*cond
;
5169 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5171 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5172 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5173 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5174 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5175 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5177 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5178 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5179 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5181 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5182 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5188 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5189 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5191 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5192 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5198 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5200 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5202 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5204 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5206 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5209 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5211 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5213 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5214 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5216 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5217 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5218 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5219 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5221 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5223 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5224 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5228 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5229 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5230 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5231 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5232 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5234 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5235 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5238 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5240 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5241 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5242 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5243 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5244 really matter which instantiation of the function
5245 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5246 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5247 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5248 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5249 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5250 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5251 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5252 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5254 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5256 select_frame (frame
);
5258 within_current_scope
= 0;
5260 if (within_current_scope
)
5264 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5266 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5268 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5269 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5275 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5276 "in the current scope"));
5277 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5278 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5280 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5281 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5284 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5288 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5292 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5294 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5298 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5299 on the current target. */
5302 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5304 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5305 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5306 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5307 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5310 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5313 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5314 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5316 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5317 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5321 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5324 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5326 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5327 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5328 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5329 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5330 checked all locations already. */
5331 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5334 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5337 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5340 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5343 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5346 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5347 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5348 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5352 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5353 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5354 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5356 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5358 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5360 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5365 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5366 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5367 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5369 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5371 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5372 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5374 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5375 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5378 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5386 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5389 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5390 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5391 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5394 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5395 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5396 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5398 int need_remove_insert
;
5401 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5402 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5403 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5404 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5405 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5406 inferior function calls. */
5407 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5408 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5410 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5411 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5412 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5414 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5416 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5418 handle_solib_event ();
5423 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5424 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5425 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5429 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5434 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5435 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5438 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5443 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5445 /* We will stop here. */
5446 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5448 --(b
->enable_count
);
5449 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5450 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5455 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5456 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5457 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5460 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5465 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5467 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5468 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5471 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5472 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5473 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5475 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5476 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5477 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5479 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5480 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5482 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5484 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5485 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5488 if (need_remove_insert
)
5489 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5490 else if (removed_any
)
5491 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5497 handle_jit_event (void)
5499 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5503 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5505 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5506 breakpoint_re_set. */
5507 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5509 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5510 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5512 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5514 target_terminal::inferior ();
5517 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5519 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5522 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5524 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5527 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5528 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5529 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5531 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5533 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5534 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5535 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5538 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5540 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5541 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5545 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5552 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5553 case bp_single_step
:
5556 case bp_shlib_event
:
5560 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5562 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5565 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5568 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5569 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5570 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5576 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5580 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5581 This requires no further action. */
5585 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5589 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5590 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5593 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5595 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5596 case bp_exception_resume
:
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5600 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5603 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5605 case bp_step_resume
:
5607 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5610 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5614 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5616 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5619 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5620 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5623 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5624 case bp_thread_event
:
5625 case bp_overlay_event
:
5626 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5627 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5628 case bp_exception_master
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5637 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5641 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5642 This requires no further action. */
5646 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5649 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5650 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5651 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5652 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5654 case bp_std_terminate
:
5655 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5656 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5657 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5661 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5662 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5663 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5664 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5666 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5667 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5669 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5670 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5671 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5673 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5674 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5675 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5676 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5681 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5683 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5687 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5688 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5691 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5698 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5702 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5704 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5711 handle_jit_event ();
5713 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5714 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5716 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5717 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5723 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5724 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5725 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5728 bpstat_should_step (void)
5730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5733 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5739 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5741 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5750 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5751 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5752 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5755 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5757 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5758 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5762 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5764 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5766 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5767 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5768 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5773 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5779 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5780 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5782 "host": Host evals condition.
5783 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5784 "target": Target evals condition.
5788 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5790 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5791 char host_evals
= 0;
5792 char target_evals
= 0;
5797 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5800 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5801 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5802 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5804 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5806 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5812 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5813 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5814 else if (target_evals
)
5815 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5817 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5820 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5821 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5824 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5826 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5829 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5830 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5831 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5833 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5834 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5836 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5839 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5842 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5843 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5845 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5847 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5849 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5853 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5855 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5856 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5857 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5859 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5863 uiout
->text ("in ");
5864 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
5865 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
5867 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5868 uiout
->text ("at ");
5870 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5871 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5872 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5875 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5876 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5878 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5884 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5886 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5890 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5891 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5892 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5893 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5894 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5895 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5897 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5901 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5905 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5906 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5907 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5910 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5911 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5917 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5919 struct ep_type_description
5922 const char *description
;
5924 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5926 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5927 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5928 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5929 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5930 {bp_until
, "until"},
5931 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5932 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5933 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5934 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5935 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5936 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5937 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5938 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5939 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5940 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5941 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5942 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5943 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5944 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5945 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5946 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5947 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5948 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5949 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5950 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5951 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5952 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5953 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5954 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5955 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5956 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5957 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5958 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5959 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5962 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5963 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5964 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5965 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5968 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5971 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5972 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5975 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5976 const char *field_name
,
5977 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5980 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5982 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5983 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5984 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5987 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5989 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5995 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5996 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6001 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6005 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6010 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6013 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6014 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6016 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6019 struct command_line
*l
;
6020 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6022 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6023 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6024 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6025 struct value_print_options opts
;
6027 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6029 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6030 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6031 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6034 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6035 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6043 if (part_of_multiple
)
6044 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6046 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6050 if (part_of_multiple
)
6051 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6053 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6057 if (part_of_multiple
)
6058 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6060 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6064 if (part_of_multiple
)
6065 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6067 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6070 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6072 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6073 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6074 make sure there's just one location. */
6075 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6076 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6082 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6083 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6087 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6088 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6089 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6091 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6093 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6094 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6095 is relatively readable). */
6096 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6097 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6099 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6104 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6105 case bp_single_step
:
6109 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6110 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6112 case bp_exception_resume
:
6113 case bp_step_resume
:
6114 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6115 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6117 case bp_std_terminate
:
6118 case bp_shlib_event
:
6119 case bp_thread_event
:
6120 case bp_overlay_event
:
6121 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6122 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6123 case bp_exception_master
:
6125 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6126 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6129 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6130 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6131 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6134 if (header_of_multiple
)
6135 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6136 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6137 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6139 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6140 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6143 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6144 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6151 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6153 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6156 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6158 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6159 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6162 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6163 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6165 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6166 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6167 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6168 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6169 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6170 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6172 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6175 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6177 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6179 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6180 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6181 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6182 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6184 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6186 uiout
->text (" task ");
6187 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6193 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6194 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6196 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6199 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6200 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6202 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6203 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6207 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6210 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6211 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6213 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6214 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6216 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6217 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6218 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6219 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6220 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6223 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6224 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6225 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6230 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6232 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6233 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6234 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6235 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6238 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6240 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6245 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6249 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6250 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6251 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6252 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6253 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6255 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6256 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6257 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6258 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6259 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6261 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6265 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6266 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6267 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6271 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6274 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6275 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6276 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6279 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6280 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6281 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6282 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6285 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6286 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6287 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6288 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6289 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6291 uiout
->text ("next ");
6292 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6293 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6296 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6298 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6300 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6302 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6303 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6304 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6308 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6309 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6312 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6313 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6316 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6318 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6320 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6322 annotate_field (10);
6323 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6324 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6325 uiout
->text (" \n");
6328 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6330 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6332 annotate_field (11);
6334 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6335 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6336 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6342 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6343 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6350 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6352 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6354 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6356 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6357 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6358 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6359 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6364 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6365 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6368 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6371 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6373 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6376 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6377 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6378 locations, if any. */
6379 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6381 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6382 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6383 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6386 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6387 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6389 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6390 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6392 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6395 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6397 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6398 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6405 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6407 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6408 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6410 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6411 address to print. */
6412 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6415 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6419 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6420 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6421 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6424 return print_address_bits
;
6427 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6430 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6432 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6433 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6436 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6437 internal or momentary. */
6440 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6442 return b
->number
> 0;
6445 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6448 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6450 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6453 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6454 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6455 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6456 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6457 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6458 breakpoints listed. */
6461 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6462 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6464 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6465 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6466 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6467 struct value_print_options opts
;
6468 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6469 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6470 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6472 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6474 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6475 required for address fields. */
6476 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6479 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6480 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6483 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6484 accept. Skip the others. */
6485 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6487 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6489 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6493 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6495 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6497 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6498 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6499 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6501 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6502 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6503 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6505 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6510 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6511 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6512 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6515 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6516 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6519 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6520 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6522 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6523 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6525 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6526 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6528 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6529 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6531 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6533 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6534 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6536 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6538 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6540 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6541 uiout
->table_body ();
6542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6543 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6548 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6549 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6552 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6553 accept. Skip the others. */
6555 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6557 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6559 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6562 else /* all others */
6564 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6568 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6570 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6571 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6575 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6577 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6581 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6582 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6584 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6590 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6591 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6594 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6595 there have been breakpoints? */
6596 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6598 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6601 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6602 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6605 default_collect_info (void)
6607 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6609 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6610 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6612 if (!*default_collect
)
6615 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6617 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6618 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6619 uiout
->text (" \n");
6623 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6625 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6627 default_collect_info ();
6631 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6633 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6634 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6636 if (num_printed
== 0)
6638 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6639 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6641 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6646 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6648 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6650 default_collect_info ();
6654 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6655 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6656 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6658 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6660 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6662 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6663 && bl
->address
== pc
6664 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6670 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6671 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6675 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6676 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6677 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6680 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6683 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6684 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6688 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6689 else /* if (others == ???) */
6690 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6692 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6695 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6696 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6697 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6698 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6699 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6700 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6701 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6702 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6706 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6708 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6709 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6710 printf_filtered (".\n");
6715 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6716 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6717 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6718 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6720 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6721 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6722 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6723 breakpoint location at address zero:
6731 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6733 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6735 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6738 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6739 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6742 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6743 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6745 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6746 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6748 /* Both of them must exist. */
6749 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6750 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6752 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6753 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6754 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6755 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6756 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6757 other watchpoint. */
6759 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6761 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6762 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6764 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6766 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6767 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6770 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6771 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6772 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6773 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6774 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6775 become hw_access locations later. */
6776 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6777 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6778 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6779 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6782 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6785 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6786 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6788 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6789 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6793 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6794 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6795 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6796 space doesn't really matter. */
6799 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6801 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6804 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6805 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6806 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6809 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6810 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6811 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6812 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6815 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6816 const address_space
*aspace
,
6819 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6822 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6823 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6827 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6828 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6829 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6830 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6831 doesn't really matter. */
6834 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6835 const address_space
*aspace
,
6836 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6838 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6839 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6841 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6843 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6849 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6850 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6851 true, otherwise returns false. */
6854 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6855 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6857 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6858 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6859 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6860 different locations. */
6861 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6866 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6867 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6868 represent the same location. */
6871 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6872 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6874 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6876 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6877 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6878 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6880 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6881 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6883 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6886 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6887 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6888 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6890 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6891 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6892 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6893 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6897 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6898 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6900 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6901 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6905 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6906 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6908 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6909 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6911 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6914 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6915 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6916 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6917 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6920 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6921 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6923 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6924 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6925 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6926 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6927 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6929 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6930 have their addresses modified. */
6933 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6935 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6936 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6937 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6938 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6939 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6940 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6945 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6947 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6949 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6950 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6951 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6954 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6956 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6957 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6959 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6960 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6962 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6966 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6968 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6970 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6974 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6975 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6978 switch (owner
->type
)
6981 case bp_single_step
:
6985 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6986 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6988 case bp_exception_resume
:
6989 case bp_step_resume
:
6990 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6991 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6993 case bp_std_terminate
:
6994 case bp_shlib_event
:
6995 case bp_thread_event
:
6996 case bp_overlay_event
:
6998 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6999 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7000 case bp_exception_master
:
7001 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7002 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7004 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7005 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7007 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7008 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7009 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7011 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7012 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7013 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7014 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7019 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7020 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7021 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7024 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7030 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7032 static struct bp_location
*
7033 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7035 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7039 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7041 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7045 /* Increment reference count. */
7048 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7053 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7054 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7057 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7059 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7061 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7062 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7066 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7069 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7071 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7072 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7074 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7075 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7077 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7079 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7084 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7090 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7093 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7094 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7096 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7098 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7102 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7103 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7104 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7105 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7108 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7109 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7111 static struct breakpoint
*
7112 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7116 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7118 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7119 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7122 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7123 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7127 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7129 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7131 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7132 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7133 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7135 const char *function_name
;
7137 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7138 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7139 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7142 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7144 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7146 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7147 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7149 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7150 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7151 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7152 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7154 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7158 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7161 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7165 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7167 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7170 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7172 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7177 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7178 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7179 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7181 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7182 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7183 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7186 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7187 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7188 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7190 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7192 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7194 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7195 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7197 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7198 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7200 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7201 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7204 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7205 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7206 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7207 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7208 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7209 is also returned as the value of this function.
7211 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7212 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7213 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7214 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7215 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7216 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7217 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7220 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7221 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7222 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7224 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7226 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7227 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7230 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7231 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7232 initiated the operation. */
7235 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7237 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7238 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7240 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7241 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7242 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7243 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7245 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7246 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7247 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7249 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7250 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7252 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7253 after their removal. */
7254 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7255 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7256 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7259 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7262 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7264 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7266 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7269 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7271 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7272 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7277 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7279 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7282 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7284 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7285 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7289 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7290 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7291 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7295 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7297 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7300 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7304 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7305 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7307 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7309 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7311 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7314 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7315 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7316 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7317 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7323 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7324 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7327 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7328 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7332 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7334 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7337 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7339 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7341 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7342 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7343 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7344 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7347 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7349 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7351 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7352 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7353 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7355 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7360 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7362 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7365 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7367 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7368 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7369 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7374 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7376 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7379 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7381 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7382 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7383 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7387 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7388 master breakpoint. */
7390 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7392 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7395 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7396 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7398 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7399 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7403 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7405 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7407 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7410 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7411 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7415 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7417 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7419 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7420 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7422 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7423 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7424 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7426 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7431 struct lang_and_radix
7437 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7440 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7442 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7443 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7446 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7449 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7451 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7454 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7455 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7456 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7460 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7462 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7465 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7466 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7467 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7470 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7473 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7475 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7478 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7479 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7480 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7483 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7484 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7485 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7487 static struct breakpoint
*
7488 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7489 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7491 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7493 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7494 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7495 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7500 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7502 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7505 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7508 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7510 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7512 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7514 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7515 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7517 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7523 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7524 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7527 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7529 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7531 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7534 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7536 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7537 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7538 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7539 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7540 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7541 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7542 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7543 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7544 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7545 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7546 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7547 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7550 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7555 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7556 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7557 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7560 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7562 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7563 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7565 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7567 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7568 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7570 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7571 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7572 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7573 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7574 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7575 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7576 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7577 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7578 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7580 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7581 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7582 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7583 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7586 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7587 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7589 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7591 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7592 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7593 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7596 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7601 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7602 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7603 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7606 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7610 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7613 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7614 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7615 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7616 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7617 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7618 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7619 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7620 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7621 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7622 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7624 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7625 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7630 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7631 int bp_modified
= 0;
7633 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7636 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7638 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7640 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7641 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7644 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7647 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7650 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7651 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7654 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7656 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7657 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7658 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7659 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7660 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7663 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7670 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7674 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7676 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7677 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7678 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7680 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7682 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7683 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7684 catchpoint has triggered. */
7685 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7688 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7692 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7694 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7697 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7701 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7703 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7706 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7710 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7711 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7712 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7714 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7716 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7719 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7723 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7726 static enum print_stop_action
7727 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7729 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7730 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7731 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7733 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7734 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7735 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7736 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7738 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7739 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7741 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7742 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7744 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7745 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7746 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7747 uiout
->text ("), ");
7748 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7751 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7755 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7757 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7758 struct value_print_options opts
;
7759 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7761 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7763 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7764 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7766 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7767 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7769 uiout
->text ("fork");
7770 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7772 uiout
->text (", process ");
7773 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7777 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7778 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7781 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7785 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7787 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7790 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7794 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7797 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7800 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7802 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7804 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7808 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7810 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7813 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7817 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7819 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7822 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7826 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7827 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7828 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7830 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7832 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7835 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7839 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7842 static enum print_stop_action
7843 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7845 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7846 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7847 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7849 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7850 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7851 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7852 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7854 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7855 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7857 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7858 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7860 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7861 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7862 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7863 uiout
->text ("), ");
7864 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7867 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7871 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7873 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7874 struct value_print_options opts
;
7875 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7877 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7878 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7879 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7881 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7882 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7884 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7885 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7887 uiout
->text (", process ");
7888 uiout
->field_int ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7892 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7893 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7896 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7900 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7902 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7905 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7909 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7912 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7915 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7917 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7919 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7920 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7921 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7923 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7925 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7927 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7928 unsigned char is_load
;
7930 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7931 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7933 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7936 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7938 xfree (this->regex
);
7942 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7948 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7954 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7955 const address_space
*aspace
,
7957 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7959 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7960 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7962 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7967 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7969 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7972 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7975 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7978 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7980 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7989 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7991 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7992 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7996 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7999 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8005 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8008 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8014 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8017 static enum print_stop_action
8018 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8020 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8021 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8023 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8024 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8025 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8026 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8028 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8029 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8031 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8032 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8033 print_solib_event (1);
8034 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8038 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8040 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8041 struct value_print_options opts
;
8042 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8044 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8045 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8046 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8048 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8051 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8059 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8061 msg
= _("load of library");
8066 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8068 msg
= _("unload of library");
8070 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8072 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8073 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8077 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8079 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8081 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8082 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8086 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8088 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8091 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8092 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8098 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8100 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8101 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8102 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8103 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8104 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8105 created in an enabled state. */
8108 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8110 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8114 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8116 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8120 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8121 _("Invalid regexp")));
8122 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8125 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8126 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8127 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8129 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8131 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8134 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8138 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8139 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8142 const int enabled
= 1;
8144 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8146 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8150 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8151 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8153 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8157 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8158 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8160 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8163 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8164 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8165 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8166 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8169 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8170 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8171 const char *cond_string
,
8172 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8174 symtab_and_line sal
;
8175 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8177 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8179 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8180 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8184 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8186 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8187 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8188 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8189 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8192 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8195 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8199 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8200 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8203 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8205 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8207 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8209 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8212 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8214 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8215 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8216 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8218 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8220 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8222 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8223 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8225 char *exec_pathname
;
8228 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8230 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8232 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8236 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8238 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8242 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8244 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8248 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8249 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8250 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8252 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8254 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8257 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8261 static enum print_stop_action
8262 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8264 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8265 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8266 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8268 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8269 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8270 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8271 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8273 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8274 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8276 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8277 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8279 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8280 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8281 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8282 uiout
->text ("), ");
8284 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8288 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8290 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8291 struct value_print_options opts
;
8292 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8294 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8296 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8297 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8298 is relatively readable). */
8299 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8300 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8302 uiout
->text ("exec");
8303 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8305 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8306 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8307 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8310 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8311 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8315 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8324 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8327 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8330 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8333 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8336 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8337 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8341 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8342 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8344 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8346 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8353 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8357 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8360 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8362 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8365 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8367 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8369 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8375 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8376 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8377 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8378 types _not_ TYPE. */
8381 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8382 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8387 *other_type_used
= 0;
8392 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8395 if (b
->type
== type
)
8396 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8397 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8398 *other_type_used
= 1;
8405 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8411 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8413 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8414 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8420 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8422 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8426 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8428 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8429 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8435 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8437 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8438 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8442 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8444 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8445 breakpoint_re_set ();
8448 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8451 static struct breakpoint
*
8452 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8454 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8456 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8457 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8459 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8460 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8463 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8465 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8468 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8469 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8473 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8474 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8478 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8480 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8482 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8483 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8484 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8485 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8487 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8489 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8491 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8494 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8495 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8496 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8498 static struct breakpoint
*
8499 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8501 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8504 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8506 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8507 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8508 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8510 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8511 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8512 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8513 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8514 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8515 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8516 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8517 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8518 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8519 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8520 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8521 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8523 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8524 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8525 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8527 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8531 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8535 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8537 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8541 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8545 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8548 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8550 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8552 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8553 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8555 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8559 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8562 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8564 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8565 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8569 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8571 static struct bp_location
*
8572 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8573 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8575 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8576 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8577 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8579 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8580 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8582 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8583 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8584 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8585 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8586 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8587 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8588 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8591 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8592 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8593 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8594 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8599 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8600 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8601 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8602 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8603 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8604 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8605 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8606 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8607 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8608 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8609 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8610 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8611 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8613 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8614 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8616 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8617 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8618 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8619 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8620 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8621 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8622 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8623 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8624 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8625 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8626 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8627 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8629 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8636 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8639 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8643 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8644 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8647 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8649 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8653 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8655 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8656 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8657 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8658 scoped_restore restore_memory
8659 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8661 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8662 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8668 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8669 return 0 otherwise. */
8672 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8674 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8676 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8677 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8678 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8680 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8683 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8684 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8685 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8688 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8689 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8692 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8694 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8695 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8700 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8702 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8704 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8706 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8708 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8709 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8711 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8712 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8713 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8715 if (!dprintf_function
)
8716 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8718 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8719 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8724 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8728 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8730 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8731 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8734 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8735 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8739 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8740 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8742 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8744 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8745 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8746 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8747 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8748 command_lines_deleter ()));
8751 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8752 current style settings. */
8755 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8756 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8758 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8762 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8763 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8767 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8768 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8769 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8770 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8773 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8774 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8775 event_location_up
&&location
,
8776 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8777 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8778 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8779 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8780 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8781 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8782 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8783 int display_canonical
)
8787 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8789 int target_resources_ok
;
8791 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8792 target_resources_ok
=
8793 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8795 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8796 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8797 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8798 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8801 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8803 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8805 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8809 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8811 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8813 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8814 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8817 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8819 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8823 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8824 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8825 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8826 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8827 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8829 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8830 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8832 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8834 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8835 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8837 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8839 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8840 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8842 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8845 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8847 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8849 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8851 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8853 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8855 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8857 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8859 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8861 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8864 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8865 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8872 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8873 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8879 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8881 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8882 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8884 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8887 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8888 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8889 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8891 if (b
->extra_string
)
8892 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8894 error (_("Format string required"));
8896 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8897 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8900 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8901 if (location
!= NULL
)
8902 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8904 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8905 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8909 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8910 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8911 event_location_up
&&location
,
8912 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8913 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8914 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8915 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8916 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8917 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8918 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8919 int display_canonical
)
8921 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8923 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8924 sals
, std::move (location
),
8926 std::move (cond_string
),
8927 std::move (extra_string
),
8929 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8931 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8934 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8937 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8938 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8939 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8940 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8941 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8942 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8943 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8944 we take just a single condition string.
8946 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8947 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8948 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8949 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8950 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8953 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8954 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8955 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8956 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8957 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8958 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8959 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8960 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8962 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8963 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8965 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8967 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8968 'break', without arguments. */
8969 event_location_up location
8970 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8971 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8972 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8973 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8975 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8976 std::move (location
),
8977 std::move (filter_string
),
8978 std::move (cond_string
),
8979 std::move (extra_string
),
8981 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8982 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8983 canonical
->special_display
);
8987 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8988 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8989 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8990 linespec locations).
8992 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8993 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8996 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8997 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8999 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9001 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9003 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9007 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9008 breakpoint address. */
9009 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9011 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9012 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9013 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9014 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9015 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9016 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9017 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9019 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9021 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9022 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9023 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9024 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9025 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9027 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9029 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9031 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9033 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9037 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9041 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9042 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9043 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9044 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9046 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9047 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9048 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9049 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9051 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9053 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9054 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9058 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9061 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9062 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9063 get_last_displayed_line (),
9064 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9069 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9070 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9074 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9075 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9078 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9080 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9081 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9084 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9085 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9086 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9087 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9088 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9092 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9093 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9095 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9097 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9099 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9100 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9101 associated with SAL. */
9105 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9106 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9107 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9111 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9112 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9113 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9114 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9115 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9116 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9119 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9120 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9123 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9130 const char *end_tok
;
9132 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9133 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9135 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9137 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9139 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9143 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9145 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9147 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9149 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9150 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9152 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9154 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9157 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9160 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9162 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9163 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9166 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9171 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9173 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9174 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9175 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9180 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9184 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9188 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9190 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9191 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9193 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9196 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9198 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9200 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9202 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9203 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9204 if (markers
.empty ())
9205 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9206 marker_str
.c_str ());
9208 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9209 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9211 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9213 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9214 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9215 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9222 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9225 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9226 const struct event_location
*location
,
9227 const char *cond_string
,
9228 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9230 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9232 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9233 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9234 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9237 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9238 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9241 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9243 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9245 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9246 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9247 extra_string
= NULL
;
9251 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9253 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9255 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9257 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9259 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9262 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9263 throw_exception (e
);
9265 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9267 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9268 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9269 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9270 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9271 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9274 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9275 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9276 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9277 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9281 throw_exception (e
);
9285 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9288 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9289 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9290 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9291 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9292 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9294 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9295 are ok for the target. */
9298 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9299 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9302 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9303 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9305 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9306 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9309 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9310 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9314 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9315 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9322 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9324 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9325 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9326 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9327 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9329 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9330 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9331 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9332 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9336 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9337 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9338 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9340 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9342 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9343 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9345 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9348 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9349 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9350 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9352 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9353 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9354 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9358 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9360 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9361 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9364 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9367 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9368 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9372 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9373 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9374 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9375 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9376 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9377 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9378 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9379 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9380 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9382 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9385 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9387 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9388 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9389 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9392 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9394 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9396 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9397 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9402 /* Set a breakpoint.
9403 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9404 condition, and thread.
9405 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9406 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9410 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9412 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9413 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9414 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9416 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9418 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9420 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9421 if (location
!= NULL
9422 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9423 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9425 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9427 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9429 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9430 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9431 0 /* Ignore count */,
9432 pending_break_support
,
9440 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9443 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9447 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9449 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9450 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9451 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9454 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9455 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9456 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9457 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9460 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9462 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9463 const struct block
*b
;
9466 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9467 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9470 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9473 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9474 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9479 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9480 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9481 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9482 happen in assembly source). */
9484 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9485 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9487 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9489 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9496 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9498 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9502 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9504 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9508 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9510 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9514 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9516 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9520 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9522 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9523 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9524 stop at <line>\n"));
9528 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9532 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9534 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9536 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9539 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9540 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9541 function/method name. */
9542 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9544 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9549 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9551 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9555 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9557 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9561 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9565 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9569 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9572 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9573 it is probably a line number. */
9574 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9576 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9581 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9583 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9587 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9589 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9592 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9593 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9594 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9598 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9600 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9602 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9603 the next character must be ','. */
9606 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9607 error (_("Format string required"));
9610 /* Skip the comma. */
9615 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9617 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9619 0 /* Ignore count */,
9620 pending_break_support
,
9621 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9629 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9631 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9634 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9635 ranged breakpoints. */
9638 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9639 const address_space
*aspace
,
9641 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9643 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9644 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9647 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9648 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9651 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9652 ranged breakpoints. */
9655 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9657 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9660 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9661 ranged breakpoints. */
9663 static enum print_stop_action
9664 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9666 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9667 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9668 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9670 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9672 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9673 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9675 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9677 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9679 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9680 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9682 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9683 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9685 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9687 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9689 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9692 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9695 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9696 ranged breakpoints. */
9699 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9700 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9702 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9703 struct value_print_options opts
;
9704 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9706 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9707 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9709 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9711 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9712 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9713 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9714 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9716 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9720 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9721 ranged breakpoints. */
9724 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9725 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9727 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9728 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9733 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9734 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9736 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9737 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9738 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9739 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9740 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9744 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9745 ranged breakpoints. */
9748 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9750 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9751 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9754 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9756 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9757 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9758 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9761 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9762 ranged breakpoints. */
9765 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9768 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9769 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9770 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9773 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9775 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9777 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9778 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9779 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9780 last instruction of the given line. */
9783 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9787 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9788 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9789 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9796 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9798 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9800 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9807 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9810 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9812 const char *arg_start
;
9813 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9814 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9816 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9818 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9819 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9820 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9822 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9823 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9824 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9827 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9829 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9830 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9831 error(_("No address range specified."));
9834 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9836 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9839 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9840 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9841 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9843 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9845 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9846 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9847 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9849 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9850 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9852 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9853 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9855 /* Parse the end location. */
9859 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9860 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9861 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9862 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9863 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9864 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9866 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9867 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9868 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9870 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9871 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9873 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9874 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9875 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9876 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9878 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9880 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9881 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9882 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9884 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9886 /* Length overflowed. */
9887 error (_("Address range too large."));
9888 else if (length
== 1)
9890 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9891 the `hbreak' command. */
9892 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9897 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9898 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9899 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9900 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9901 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9902 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9903 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9904 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9905 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9908 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9909 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9912 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9913 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9914 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9918 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9926 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9927 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9930 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9940 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9941 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9942 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9943 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9944 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9946 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9972 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9975 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9976 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9981 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9982 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9983 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9984 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9985 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9986 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9987 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9989 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9990 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9995 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9997 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9998 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9999 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10000 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10002 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10003 are always constant. */
10005 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10007 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10008 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10009 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10014 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10015 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10016 then it is not a constant. */
10025 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10027 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10029 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10030 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10033 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10036 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10038 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10040 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10041 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10043 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10044 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10045 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10046 are loaded and unloaded.
10048 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10049 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10050 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10051 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10052 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10053 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10055 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10056 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10057 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10058 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10060 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10061 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10063 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10064 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10065 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10068 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10071 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10073 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10074 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10076 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10077 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10080 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10083 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10085 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10086 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10088 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10089 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10093 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10094 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10095 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10097 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10098 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10100 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10101 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10102 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10103 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10104 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10105 (did not match the data address). */
10106 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10107 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10114 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10116 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10118 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10121 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10122 hardware watchpoints. */
10125 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10127 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10128 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10130 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10133 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10134 hardware watchpoints. */
10137 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10139 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10140 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10143 static enum print_stop_action
10144 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10147 enum print_stop_action result
;
10148 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10149 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10151 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10153 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10154 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10156 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10157 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10161 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10164 case bp_watchpoint
:
10165 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10166 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10167 uiout
->field_string
10168 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10170 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10171 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10172 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10173 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10174 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10175 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10176 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10177 uiout
->text ("\n");
10178 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10179 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10182 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10183 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10184 uiout
->field_string
10185 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10187 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10188 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10189 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10190 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10191 uiout
->text ("\n");
10192 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10195 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10196 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10198 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10199 uiout
->field_string
10201 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10203 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10204 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10205 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10206 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10207 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10212 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10213 uiout
->field_string
10215 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10216 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10217 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10219 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10220 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10221 uiout
->text ("\n");
10222 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10225 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10231 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10235 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10237 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10238 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10239 const char *tuple_name
;
10243 case bp_watchpoint
:
10244 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10245 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10247 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10248 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10249 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10251 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10252 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10253 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10255 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10256 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10257 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10260 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10261 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10264 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10265 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10266 uiout
->text (": ");
10267 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10270 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10274 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10276 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10280 case bp_watchpoint
:
10281 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10282 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10284 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10285 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10287 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10288 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10291 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10292 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10295 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10296 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10299 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10303 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10305 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10306 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10307 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10315 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10317 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10318 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10321 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10323 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10325 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10326 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10329 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10330 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10333 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10335 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10337 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10338 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10341 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10342 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10345 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10347 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10349 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10352 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10353 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10356 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10361 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10362 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10364 static enum print_stop_action
10365 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10367 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10368 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10370 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10371 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10373 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10374 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10378 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10379 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10380 uiout
->field_string
10381 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10384 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10385 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10386 uiout
->field_string
10387 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10390 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10391 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10392 uiout
->field_string
10394 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10397 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10398 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10402 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10403 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10404 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10405 uiout
->text ("\n");
10407 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10408 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10411 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10412 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10415 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10416 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10418 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10420 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10421 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10423 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10424 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10425 uiout
->text ("\n");
10428 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10429 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10432 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10434 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10435 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10436 const char *tuple_name
;
10440 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10441 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10442 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10444 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10445 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10446 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10448 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10449 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10450 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10453 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10454 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10457 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10458 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10459 uiout
->text (": ");
10460 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10463 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10464 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10467 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10469 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10474 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10475 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10477 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10478 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10480 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10484 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10485 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10488 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10489 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10490 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10493 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10495 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10497 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10500 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10502 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10505 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10506 hw_read: watch read,
10507 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10509 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10510 int just_location
, int internal
)
10512 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10513 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10514 struct value
*result
;
10515 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10516 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10517 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10518 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10520 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10521 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10522 enum bptype bp_type
;
10525 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10526 the hardware watchpoint. */
10528 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10530 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10531 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10533 const char *value_start
;
10535 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10537 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10538 of the arguments string. */
10539 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10541 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10542 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10545 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10546 This is the value of the parameter. */
10547 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10549 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10551 /* Skip whitespace. */
10552 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10557 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10558 This is the parameter itself. */
10559 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10562 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10564 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10566 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10567 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10568 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10569 only in a specific thread. */
10573 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10575 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10576 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10578 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10579 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10580 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10582 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10584 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10586 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10587 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10589 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10592 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10594 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10596 mark
= value_mark ();
10597 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10598 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10599 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10602 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10605 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10606 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10613 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10614 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10616 innermost_block
.reset ();
10617 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10618 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10619 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10621 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10622 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10624 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10627 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10628 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10632 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10633 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10635 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10638 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10639 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10640 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10641 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10644 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10646 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10647 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10655 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10656 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10657 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10661 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10664 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10665 else if (ret
== -2)
10666 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10669 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10670 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10672 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10673 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10675 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10676 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10678 innermost_block
.reset ();
10679 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10680 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10682 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10683 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10684 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10689 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10691 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10693 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10695 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10697 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10698 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10699 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10700 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10701 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10703 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10705 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10707 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10708 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10711 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10712 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10713 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10715 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10718 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10720 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10721 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10723 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10724 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10726 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10727 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10728 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10729 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10730 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10731 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10732 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10736 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10737 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10738 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10739 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10741 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10742 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10743 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10744 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10746 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10748 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10751 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10752 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10754 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10755 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10756 w
->thread
= thread
;
10757 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10758 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10759 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10760 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10761 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10764 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10765 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10767 w
->exp_string_reparse
10768 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10770 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10771 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10774 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10778 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10783 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10784 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10789 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10791 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10793 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10795 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10796 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10800 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10801 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10804 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10806 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10807 need to act on them together. */
10808 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10809 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10812 if (!just_location
)
10813 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10815 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10816 that should be inserted. */
10817 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10819 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10822 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10823 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10826 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10828 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10830 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10831 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10834 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10835 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10837 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10838 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10839 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10840 hardware watchpoint.
10842 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10843 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10844 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10845 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10846 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10847 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10848 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10849 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10850 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10852 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10853 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10854 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10855 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10856 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10858 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10860 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10862 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10863 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10864 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10865 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10866 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10867 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10871 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10872 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10873 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10875 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10876 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10877 middle of some value chain. */
10879 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10880 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10882 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10886 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10887 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10888 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10890 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10894 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10898 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10899 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10900 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10901 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10902 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10905 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10906 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10907 return found_memory_cnt
;
10911 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10913 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10916 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10917 calls watch_command_1. */
10920 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10922 int just_location
= 0;
10925 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10926 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10928 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10932 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10936 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10938 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10942 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10944 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10948 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10950 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10954 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10956 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10960 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10962 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10966 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10967 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10970 struct until_break_fsm
10972 /* The base class. */
10973 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
10975 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
10978 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10979 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
10981 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10983 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
10986 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
10987 struct thread_info
*thread
);
10988 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
10989 struct thread_info
*thread
);
10990 static enum async_reply_reason
10991 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
10993 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
10995 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
10998 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
10999 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11000 NULL
, /* return_value */
11001 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11004 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11006 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11007 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11008 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11009 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11011 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11013 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11014 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11016 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11017 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11018 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11023 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11024 until(location)/advance commands. */
11027 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11028 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11030 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11032 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11033 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11034 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11035 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11036 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11037 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11042 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11043 until(location)/advance commands. */
11046 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11047 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11049 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11051 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11052 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11054 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11055 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11057 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11059 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11060 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11062 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11065 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11066 until(location)/advance commands. */
11068 static enum async_reply_reason
11069 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11071 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11075 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11077 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11078 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11079 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11080 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11081 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11083 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11084 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11086 clear_proceed_status (0);
11088 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11091 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11093 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11094 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11095 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11096 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11097 get_last_displayed_line ())
11098 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11099 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11101 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11102 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11104 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11107 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11109 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11111 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11112 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11114 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11116 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11117 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11118 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11121 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11122 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11123 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11124 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11126 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11129 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11130 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11132 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11133 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11135 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11136 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11137 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11138 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11143 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11144 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11147 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11150 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11152 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11153 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11154 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11155 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11157 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11158 only at the very same frame. */
11159 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11160 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11162 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11163 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11164 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11165 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11167 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11169 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11172 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11173 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11175 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11176 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11177 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11178 if clause in the arg string. */
11181 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11183 const char *cond_string
;
11185 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11188 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11191 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11192 condition string. */
11193 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11194 cond_string
= *arg
;
11196 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11198 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11200 return cond_string
;
11203 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11204 process start/exit, etc. */
11208 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11209 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11214 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11215 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11217 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11218 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11219 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11222 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11223 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11224 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11228 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11230 /* The allowed syntax is:
11232 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11234 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11235 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11237 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11238 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11240 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11241 and enable reporting of such events. */
11244 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11245 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11246 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11247 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11249 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11250 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11251 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11252 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11255 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11261 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11262 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11264 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11266 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11268 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11272 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11274 /* The allowed syntax is:
11276 catch exec if <cond>
11278 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11279 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11281 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11282 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11284 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11285 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11286 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11287 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11289 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11293 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11294 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11295 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11296 const char *addr_string
,
11297 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11304 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11306 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11308 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11309 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11310 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11311 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11312 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11313 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11314 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11315 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11316 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11317 enough for now, though. */
11320 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11322 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11323 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11324 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11325 language_def (language_ada
));
11326 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11330 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11332 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11337 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11339 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11342 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11345 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11347 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11348 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11350 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11352 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11355 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11359 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11362 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11365 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11367 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11370 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11371 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11372 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11376 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11377 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11378 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11380 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11384 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11385 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11386 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11387 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11388 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11389 error (_("No source file specified."));
11395 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11396 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11397 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11398 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11400 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11401 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11402 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11403 due to optimization, all in one block.
11405 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11406 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11407 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11408 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11409 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11410 to support that. */
11412 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11413 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11414 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11417 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11418 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11420 const char *sal_fullname
;
11422 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11423 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11424 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11427 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11432 1 0 <can't happen> */
11434 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11435 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11437 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11441 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11442 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11444 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11445 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11447 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11448 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11449 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11451 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11452 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11453 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11454 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11455 int line_match
= 0;
11457 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11458 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11459 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11460 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11461 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11462 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11463 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11466 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11475 found
.push_back (b
);
11479 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11480 if (found
.empty ())
11483 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11485 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11488 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11489 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11490 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11492 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11494 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11495 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11497 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11501 if (found
.size () > 1)
11502 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11505 if (found
.size () == 1)
11506 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11508 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11511 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11514 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11515 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11518 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11521 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11522 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11523 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11526 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11528 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11530 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11531 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11532 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11534 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11536 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11538 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11539 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11543 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11544 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11545 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11546 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11547 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11548 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11551 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11553 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11554 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11556 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11557 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11559 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11560 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11563 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11564 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11565 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11567 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11568 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11569 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11571 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11572 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11573 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11575 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11576 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11577 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11579 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11582 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11583 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11584 content of the bp_locations array. */
11587 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11589 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11591 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11592 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11594 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11596 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11598 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11601 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11602 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11604 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11605 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11606 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11607 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11609 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11611 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11612 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11613 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11614 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11618 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11621 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11623 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11624 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11626 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11628 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11630 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11631 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11632 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11634 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11635 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11636 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11639 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11641 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11642 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11644 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11647 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11650 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11652 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11653 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11654 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11655 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11658 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11660 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11663 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11665 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11666 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11667 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11668 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11672 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11675 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11677 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11678 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11679 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11680 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11682 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11683 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11684 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11685 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11686 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11688 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11689 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11690 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11691 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11692 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11693 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11694 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11695 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11698 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11699 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11700 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11704 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11706 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11707 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11708 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11711 address
= bl
->address
;
11712 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11714 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11715 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11716 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11718 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11719 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11722 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11723 the same program space as the location
11724 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11725 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11730 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11731 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11734 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11735 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11736 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11737 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11738 that have already been marked. */
11739 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11741 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11743 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11746 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11747 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11748 locations are duplicate of which.
11750 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11751 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11755 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11758 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11759 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11760 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11761 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11762 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11764 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11765 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11766 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11767 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11768 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11770 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11771 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11772 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11773 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11775 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11776 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11777 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11778 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11779 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11781 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11782 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11783 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11786 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11787 bp_locations_count
++;
11789 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11790 locp
= bp_locations
;
11791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11792 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11794 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11795 bp_locations_compare
);
11797 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11799 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11800 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11801 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11802 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11803 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11806 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11807 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11809 locp
= bp_locations
;
11810 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11811 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11814 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11815 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11817 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11818 not, we have to free it. */
11819 int found_object
= 0;
11820 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11821 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11824 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11825 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11826 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11827 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11831 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11832 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11835 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11836 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11837 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11839 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11840 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11841 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11843 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11844 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11847 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11851 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11852 have to go through updates again. */
11853 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11855 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11857 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11859 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11860 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11861 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11862 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11863 at certain location is not inserted. */
11865 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11867 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11870 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11872 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11873 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11874 keep_in_target
= 1;
11878 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11879 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11880 remove its target-side condition. */
11882 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11883 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11884 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11885 this one from the target. */
11887 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11888 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11891 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11892 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11895 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11897 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11899 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11900 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11901 supported, but the latter are. */
11902 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11904 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11905 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11908 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11909 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11911 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11912 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11914 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11915 keep_in_target
= 1;
11923 if (!keep_in_target
)
11925 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11927 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11928 this location on the global list, and try to
11929 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11930 reason why we will succeed next time.
11932 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11933 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11934 only after calling us. */
11935 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11936 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11937 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11945 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11946 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11948 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11949 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11950 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11951 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11952 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11953 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11954 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11955 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11956 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11957 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11958 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11959 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11960 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11961 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11964 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11965 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11967 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11968 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11969 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11970 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11971 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11972 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11973 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11974 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11975 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11976 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11977 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11978 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11979 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11982 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11983 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11984 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11985 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11987 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11988 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11989 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11990 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11991 traps we can no longer explain. */
11993 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11994 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11996 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
12000 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12001 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12006 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12007 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12008 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12009 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12010 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12011 are sorted first for the same address.
12013 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12014 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12016 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12017 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12018 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12019 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12022 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12024 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12027 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12028 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12029 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12030 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12031 `struct bp_location'. */
12032 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12034 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12035 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12039 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12040 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12041 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12042 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12043 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12044 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12046 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12048 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12049 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12050 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12052 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12053 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12055 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12057 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12058 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12059 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12065 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12066 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12067 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12069 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12070 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12072 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12073 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12076 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12078 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12079 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12082 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12083 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12084 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12085 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12086 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12088 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12092 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12093 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12097 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12099 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12101 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12102 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12104 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12105 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12112 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12117 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12119 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12125 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12128 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12132 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12133 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12135 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12136 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12137 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12141 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12143 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12145 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12147 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12151 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12155 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12157 struct value_print_options opts
;
12159 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12161 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12163 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12165 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12166 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12167 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12168 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12170 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12171 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12173 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12175 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12176 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12181 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12182 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12188 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12190 printf_filtered (" at ");
12191 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12194 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12196 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12198 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12200 puts_filtered (": file ");
12201 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12202 file_name_style
.style (),
12204 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12205 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12208 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12209 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12210 real situation somewhat. */
12211 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12212 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12217 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12219 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12221 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12226 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12229 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12231 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12234 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12239 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12241 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12243 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12244 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12245 xfree (this->filter
);
12248 static struct bp_location
*
12249 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12251 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12255 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12257 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12260 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12261 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12264 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12266 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12270 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12271 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12273 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12277 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12278 const address_space
*aspace
,
12280 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12282 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12286 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12291 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12295 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12297 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12300 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12304 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12306 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12309 static enum print_stop_action
12310 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12312 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12316 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12317 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12323 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12325 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12329 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12331 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12335 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12336 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12337 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12338 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12340 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12344 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12345 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12346 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12347 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12348 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12349 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12351 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12352 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12353 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12354 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12356 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12359 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12360 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12361 const struct event_location
*location
,
12362 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12364 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12367 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12370 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12375 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12378 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12380 /* Nothing to do. */
12383 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12385 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12386 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12387 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12388 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12389 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12390 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12391 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12392 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12393 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12395 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12396 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12397 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12398 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12399 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12400 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12401 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12402 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12405 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12408 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12410 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12411 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12413 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12414 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12418 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12422 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12424 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12426 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12427 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12429 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12430 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12432 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12436 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12438 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12439 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12441 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12445 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12446 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12447 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12449 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12450 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12453 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12457 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12458 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12459 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12466 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12467 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12468 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12470 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12471 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12473 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12474 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12475 be set at the same address. */
12479 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12483 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12485 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12490 static enum print_stop_action
12491 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12493 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12494 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12496 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12498 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12500 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12501 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12503 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12504 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12505 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12508 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12509 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12512 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12514 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12515 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12517 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12519 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12521 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12522 uiout
->text (", ");
12524 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12528 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12530 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12535 case bp_breakpoint
:
12536 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12537 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12538 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12540 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12541 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12542 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12543 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12545 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12546 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12549 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12557 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12559 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12561 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12562 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12563 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12564 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12566 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12569 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12570 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12573 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12575 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12576 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12577 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12580 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12584 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12585 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12586 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12588 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12592 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12593 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12594 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12595 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12596 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12597 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12599 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12600 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12601 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12602 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12604 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12605 std::move (cond_string
),
12606 std::move (extra_string
),
12608 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12609 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12610 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12613 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12614 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12615 const struct event_location
*location
,
12616 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12618 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12621 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12624 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12628 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12629 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12630 case bp_overlay_event
:
12631 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12632 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12633 case bp_exception_master
:
12634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12637 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12638 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12639 case bp_shlib_event
:
12641 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12642 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12643 case bp_thread_event
:
12649 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12651 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12653 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12654 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12655 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12656 objects (among other things). */
12657 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12658 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12664 static enum print_stop_action
12665 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12667 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12669 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12673 case bp_shlib_event
:
12674 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12675 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12676 to shlib event" message.) */
12677 print_solib_event (0);
12680 case bp_thread_event
:
12681 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12682 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12683 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12686 case bp_overlay_event
:
12687 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12688 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12691 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12692 /* These should never be enabled. */
12693 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12696 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12697 /* These should never be enabled. */
12698 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12699 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12702 case bp_exception_master
:
12703 /* These should never be enabled. */
12704 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12705 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12709 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12713 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12715 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12718 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12721 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12723 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12724 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12725 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12726 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12730 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12732 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12735 static enum print_stop_action
12736 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12738 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12742 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12744 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12747 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12749 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12750 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12752 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12754 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12757 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12760 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12763 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12765 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12769 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12771 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12778 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12779 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12781 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12782 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12784 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12788 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12789 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12790 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12792 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12794 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12796 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12797 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12800 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12801 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12802 const struct event_location
*location
,
12803 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12805 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12807 error (_("probe not found"));
12811 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12814 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12816 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12820 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12821 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12822 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12824 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12830 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12831 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12833 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12834 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12836 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12838 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12839 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12840 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12841 uiout
->text ("\n");
12846 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12848 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12853 case bp_tracepoint
:
12854 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12855 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12857 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12858 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12859 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12861 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12862 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12863 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12866 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12867 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12874 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12876 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12878 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12879 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12880 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12881 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12882 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12883 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12885 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12886 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12889 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12890 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12892 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12897 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12898 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12899 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12901 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12905 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12906 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12907 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12908 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12909 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12910 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12912 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12913 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12914 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12915 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12917 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12918 std::move (cond_string
),
12919 std::move (extra_string
),
12921 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12922 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12923 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12926 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12927 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12928 const struct event_location
*location
,
12929 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12931 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12934 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12936 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12940 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12941 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12942 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12943 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12945 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12946 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12949 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12950 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12951 const struct event_location
*location
,
12952 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12954 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12955 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12958 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12960 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12963 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12965 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12967 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12968 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12970 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12971 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12972 3 - disconnect from target 1
12973 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12975 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12976 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12977 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12978 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12979 it all the time. */
12980 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12981 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12984 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12987 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12990 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12992 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12995 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12998 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12999 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13000 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13001 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13002 address are all handled. */
13005 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13007 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13008 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13010 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13011 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13012 condition not be evaluated. */
13015 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13016 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13017 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13018 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13019 commands here throws. */
13020 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13021 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13023 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13025 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13026 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13030 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13034 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13035 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13036 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13038 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13039 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13041 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13042 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13044 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13045 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13046 canonical
->location
13047 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13050 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13051 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13055 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13056 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13057 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13058 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13059 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13060 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13062 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13063 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13064 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13065 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13067 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13069 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13070 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13071 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13072 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13073 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13074 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13076 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13078 event_location_up location
13079 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13081 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13082 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13083 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13084 std::move (cond_string
),
13085 std::move (extra_string
),
13086 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13087 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13088 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13089 canonical
->special_display
);
13090 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13091 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13092 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13093 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13094 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13095 corresponds to this one */
13096 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13098 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13102 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13103 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13104 const struct event_location
*location
,
13105 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13107 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13108 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13110 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13111 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13113 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13118 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13121 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13124 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13126 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13129 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13133 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13135 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13137 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13139 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13140 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13143 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13144 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13145 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13146 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13147 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13150 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13151 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13152 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13153 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13155 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13158 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13159 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13160 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13162 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13163 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13165 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13166 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13167 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13168 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13172 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13174 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13175 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13176 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13177 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13178 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13181 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13182 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13183 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13184 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13186 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13188 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13189 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13192 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13194 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13198 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13200 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13201 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13202 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13203 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13204 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13205 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13206 commands won't work. */
13208 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13210 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13211 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13212 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13213 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13214 might be better design to have location completely
13215 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13216 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13218 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13219 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13220 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13224 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13225 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13228 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13229 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13231 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13236 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13238 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13239 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13241 if (next
== related
)
13243 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13244 function (related
);
13246 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13247 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13252 function (related
);
13256 while (related
!= b
);
13260 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13262 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13268 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13270 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13271 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13272 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13274 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13276 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13280 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13282 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13285 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13286 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13290 map_breakpoint_numbers
13291 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13293 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13297 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13298 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13302 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13304 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13306 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13307 if ((pspace
== NULL
13308 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13309 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13310 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13315 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13316 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13317 Null names are ignored. */
13320 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13322 struct bp_location
*l
;
13323 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13326 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13329 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13331 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13335 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13337 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13341 htab_delete (htab
);
13347 htab_delete (htab
);
13351 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13352 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13353 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13354 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13355 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13356 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13357 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13358 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13361 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13362 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13363 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13364 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13365 in the sources, and output a warning.
13367 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13368 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13369 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13370 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13371 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13374 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13375 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13376 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13377 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13378 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13379 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13380 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13381 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13382 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13384 static struct symtab_and_line
13385 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13387 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13388 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13393 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13395 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13397 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13398 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13399 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13400 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13402 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13407 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13409 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13411 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13412 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13414 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13415 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13416 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13418 if (!markers
.empty ())
13420 struct symbol
*sym
;
13421 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13422 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13423 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13425 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13427 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13429 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13430 "found at previous line number"),
13431 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13433 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13434 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13435 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13438 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
),
13439 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION
);
13440 uiout
->text (" at ");
13442 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13443 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13444 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13447 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13449 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13451 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13454 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13455 uiout
->text ("\n");
13457 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13458 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13460 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13462 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13463 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13464 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13465 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13466 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13468 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13475 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13476 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13479 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13483 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13486 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13489 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13496 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13502 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13503 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13504 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13506 static struct bp_location
*
13507 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13509 struct bp_location head
;
13510 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13511 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13512 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13514 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13525 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13540 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13541 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13542 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13543 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13547 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13548 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13549 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13550 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13552 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13554 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13556 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13559 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13560 "multiple locations found\n"),
13565 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13566 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13567 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13568 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13569 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13570 individual locations. */
13571 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13574 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13576 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13578 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13580 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13582 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13584 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13586 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13590 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13593 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13594 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13597 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13599 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13600 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13601 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13602 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13607 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13609 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13611 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13615 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13618 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13619 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13620 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13621 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13622 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13623 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13624 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13626 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13628 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13630 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13631 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13633 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13634 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13642 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13643 if (l
->function_name
13644 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13654 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13655 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13658 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13659 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13661 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13662 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13663 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13665 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13667 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13669 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13673 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13675 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13677 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13681 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13682 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13683 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13684 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13685 state, then user already saw the message about that
13686 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13688 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13689 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13691 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13692 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13693 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13694 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13695 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13696 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13698 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13700 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13701 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13702 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13703 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13704 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13705 which approach is better. */
13706 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13707 throw_exception (e
);
13712 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13714 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13715 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13716 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13718 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13721 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13722 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13724 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13726 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13727 b
->thread
= thread
;
13731 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13732 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13734 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13737 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13738 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13748 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13749 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13753 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13755 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13756 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13759 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13760 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13762 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13764 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13766 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13767 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13768 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13770 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13773 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13776 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13777 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13780 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13781 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13782 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13784 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13787 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13788 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13792 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13793 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13794 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13795 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13796 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13797 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13799 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13800 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13801 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13802 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13804 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13805 std::move (cond_string
),
13806 std::move (extra_string
),
13807 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13808 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13809 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13812 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13813 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13815 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13816 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13817 const struct event_location
*location
,
13818 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13820 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13822 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13823 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13824 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13827 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13828 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13830 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13832 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13833 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13838 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13841 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13843 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13844 set_language (b
->language
);
13846 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13849 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13850 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13853 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13855 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13858 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13859 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13860 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13862 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13863 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13864 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13865 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13866 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13867 we select the current frame.
13869 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13870 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13871 have been reset. */
13872 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13873 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13875 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13876 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13877 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13878 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13884 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13886 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13888 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13889 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13895 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13898 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13899 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13900 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13901 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13903 /* Now we can insert. */
13904 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13907 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13909 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13910 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13912 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13914 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13916 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13918 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13919 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13920 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13922 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13926 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13927 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13928 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13931 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13933 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13939 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13941 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13943 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13944 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13949 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13953 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13954 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13956 else if (count
== 1)
13957 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13960 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13961 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13964 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13968 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13971 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13974 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13976 const char *p
= args
;
13980 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13982 num
= get_number (&p
);
13984 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13986 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13988 set_ignore_count (num
,
13989 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13992 printf_filtered ("\n");
13996 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13997 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14000 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14001 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14003 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14005 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14006 bp_num_range
.first
);
14010 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14012 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14014 bool match
= false;
14016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14017 if (b
->number
== i
)
14024 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14029 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14033 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14034 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14036 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14037 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14039 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14041 while (!parser
.finished ())
14043 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14044 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14048 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14049 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14051 static struct bp_location
*
14052 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14054 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14056 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14057 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14062 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14063 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14066 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14069 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14070 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14073 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14076 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14077 enum class extract_bp_kind
14079 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14082 /* Extracting a location number. */
14086 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14087 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14088 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14089 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14090 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14093 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14094 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14096 const char *end
= start
;
14097 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14099 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14100 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14101 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14102 int (end
- start
), start
);
14104 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14105 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14106 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14107 int (end
- start
), start
);
14109 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14114 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14115 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14116 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14117 are always positive integers. */
14119 static std::pair
<int, int>
14120 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14121 const std::string
&arg
,
14122 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14124 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14125 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14126 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14127 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14129 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14130 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14131 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14132 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14133 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14137 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14138 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14139 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14140 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14142 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14143 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14144 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14145 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14146 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14150 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14151 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14152 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14157 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14158 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14161 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14163 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14164 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14165 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14166 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14167 location number range.
14171 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14172 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14173 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14175 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14177 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14179 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14181 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14182 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14185 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14186 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14188 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14193 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14195 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14196 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14197 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14201 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14202 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14205 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14207 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14210 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14212 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14213 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14215 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14216 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14217 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14218 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14220 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14222 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14225 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14226 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14227 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14228 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14232 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14233 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14236 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14237 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14240 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14241 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14242 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14245 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14247 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14248 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14249 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14250 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14253 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14255 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14256 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14258 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14259 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14261 struct bp_location
*location
;
14263 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14264 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14267 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14272 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14273 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14274 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14275 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14278 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14282 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14285 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14288 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14290 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14295 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14297 while (!num
.empty ())
14299 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14301 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14303 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14304 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14306 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14307 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14309 ? enable_breakpoint
14310 : disable_breakpoint
);
14314 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14316 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14317 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14319 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14324 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14325 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14326 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14327 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14330 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14332 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14336 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14339 int target_resources_ok
;
14341 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14344 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14345 target_resources_ok
=
14346 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14348 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14349 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14350 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14351 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14354 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14356 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14357 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14361 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14363 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14364 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14365 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14367 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14369 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14370 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14377 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14379 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14380 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14382 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14383 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14385 struct bp_location
*location
;
14387 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14388 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14391 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14392 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14393 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14395 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14400 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14402 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14405 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14406 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14407 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14408 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14411 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14413 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14417 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14419 map_breakpoint_numbers
14420 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14422 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14423 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14425 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14431 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14436 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14438 count
= get_number (&args
);
14440 map_breakpoint_numbers
14441 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14443 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14444 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14446 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14452 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14454 map_breakpoint_numbers
14455 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14457 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14458 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14460 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14466 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14471 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14475 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14476 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14480 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14481 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14482 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14484 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14487 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14488 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14490 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14492 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14494 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14496 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14497 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14498 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14499 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14508 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14511 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14512 const address_space
*aspace
,
14515 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14516 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14517 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14519 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14521 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14522 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14525 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14527 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14528 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14529 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14531 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14534 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14537 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14539 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14540 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14542 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14544 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14546 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14547 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14549 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14550 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14558 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14561 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14562 const address_space
*aspace
,
14565 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14567 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14569 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14575 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14579 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14582 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14584 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14586 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14587 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14593 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14595 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14597 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14599 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14600 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14604 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14606 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14608 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14610 if (location
!= NULL
14611 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14612 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14614 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14616 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14618 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14620 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14621 0 /* Ignore count */,
14622 pending_break_support
,
14626 0 /* internal */, 0);
14630 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14632 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14634 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14636 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14638 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14639 0 /* Ignore count */,
14640 pending_break_support
,
14641 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14644 0 /* internal */, 0);
14647 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14650 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14652 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14653 event_location_up location
;
14655 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14656 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14657 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14659 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14660 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14664 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14665 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14668 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14670 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14672 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14673 0 /* Ignore count */,
14674 pending_break_support
,
14678 0 /* internal */, 0);
14681 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14682 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14684 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14685 static int next_cmd
;
14688 read_uploaded_action (void)
14690 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14692 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14694 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14701 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14702 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14703 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14704 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14705 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14707 struct tracepoint
*
14708 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14710 const char *addr_str
;
14711 char small_buf
[100];
14712 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14714 if (utp
->at_string
)
14715 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14718 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14719 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14720 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14722 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14723 "source location, using raw address"),
14725 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14726 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14729 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14730 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14731 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14732 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14735 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14737 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14739 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14740 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14742 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14743 0 /* Ignore count */,
14744 pending_break_support
,
14745 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14747 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14749 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14752 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14753 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14754 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14758 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14761 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14764 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14765 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14766 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14768 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14770 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14775 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14777 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14779 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14780 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14781 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14782 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14785 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14786 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14787 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14792 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14796 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14798 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14801 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14803 if (num_printed
== 0)
14805 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14806 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14808 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14811 default_collect_info ();
14814 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14815 Not supported by all targets. */
14817 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14819 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14822 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14823 Not supported by all targets. */
14825 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14827 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14830 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14832 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14834 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14840 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14842 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14843 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14844 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14846 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14847 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14849 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14853 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14855 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14858 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14859 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14863 map_breakpoint_numbers
14864 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14866 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14870 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14873 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14875 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14876 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14878 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14879 tp
->number
, count
);
14882 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14884 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14885 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14886 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14889 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14891 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14894 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14895 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14896 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14898 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14900 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14901 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14905 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14907 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14909 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14911 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14912 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14915 else if (*args
== '\0')
14917 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14919 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14923 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14924 while (!parser
.finished ())
14926 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14928 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14933 struct tracepoint
*
14934 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14936 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14938 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14939 if (t
->number
== num
)
14940 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14945 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14946 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14949 struct tracepoint
*
14950 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14952 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14954 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14956 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14958 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14965 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14966 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14967 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14968 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14970 struct tracepoint
*
14971 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14972 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14974 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14976 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14978 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14980 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14981 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14983 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14984 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14986 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14990 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14991 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14994 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14998 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14999 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15001 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15004 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15009 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15011 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15015 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15017 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15020 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15021 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15022 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15026 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15027 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15029 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15031 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15033 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15034 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15036 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15039 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15040 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15043 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15044 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15049 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15051 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15053 /* We can stop searching. */
15060 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15064 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15068 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15069 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15070 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15072 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15073 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15077 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15078 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15081 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15082 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15085 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15087 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15088 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15091 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15092 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15094 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15095 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15097 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15099 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15101 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15104 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15106 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15108 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15109 throw_exception (ex
);
15113 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15114 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15117 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15118 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15120 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15121 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15122 special, and not user visible. */
15123 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15125 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15128 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15130 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15134 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15135 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15138 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15141 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15144 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15146 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15149 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15152 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15154 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15157 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15159 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15160 all_tracepoints (void)
15162 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15163 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15165 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15167 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15174 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15175 locations used by several commands. */
15177 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15178 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15179 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15180 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15181 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15182 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15184 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15185 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15186 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15188 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15189 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15190 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15191 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15192 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15194 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15195 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15196 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15197 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15198 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15199 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15201 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15202 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15203 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15206 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15207 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15208 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15209 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15210 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15211 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15212 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15215 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15216 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15218 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15219 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15220 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15221 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15222 conditions are different.\n\
15224 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15226 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15227 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15229 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15230 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15233 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15234 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15235 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15236 void *user_data_catch
,
15237 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15239 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15241 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15243 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15244 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15245 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15247 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15249 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15250 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15251 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15255 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15257 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15258 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15259 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15262 struct breakpoint
*
15263 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15266 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15270 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15277 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15278 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15281 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15283 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15284 non-inline function. */
15285 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15291 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15292 have been inlined. */
15295 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15296 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15298 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15299 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15301 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15303 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15306 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15308 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15309 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15317 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15320 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15322 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15325 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15326 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15330 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15332 static int initialized
= 0;
15334 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15340 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15341 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15342 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15343 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15345 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15346 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15347 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15348 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15349 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15350 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15351 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15354 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15355 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15357 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15358 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15359 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15360 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15362 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15363 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15364 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15365 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15366 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15367 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15368 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15369 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15370 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15371 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15373 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15374 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15375 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15377 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15378 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15379 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15381 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15382 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15383 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15384 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15385 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15386 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15387 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15389 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15390 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15391 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15392 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15393 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15394 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15395 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15398 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15399 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15400 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15401 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15402 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15403 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15404 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15405 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15406 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15407 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15408 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15409 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15410 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15412 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15413 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15414 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15415 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15416 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15417 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15418 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15419 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15420 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15421 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15422 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15425 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15426 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15427 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15428 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15429 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15430 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15431 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15432 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15433 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15434 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15436 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15437 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15440 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15442 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15443 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15444 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15445 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15446 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15447 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15449 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15450 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15451 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15452 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15453 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15454 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15455 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15456 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15457 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15458 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15460 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15461 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15462 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15463 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15464 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15465 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15466 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15467 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15468 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15469 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15471 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15472 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15473 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15474 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15475 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15476 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15477 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15478 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15479 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15480 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15482 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15483 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15484 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15485 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15486 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15487 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15488 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15489 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15490 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15491 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15492 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15494 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15495 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15496 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15497 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15498 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15499 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15500 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15501 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15502 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15505 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15507 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15509 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15511 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15514 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15516 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15518 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15520 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15521 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15522 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15524 breakpoint_objfile_key
15525 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15527 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15528 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15529 before a breakpoint is set. */
15530 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15532 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15534 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15535 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15536 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15538 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15539 commands_command
, _("\
15540 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15541 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15542 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15544 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15545 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15546 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15547 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15548 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15550 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15551 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15552 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15553 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15554 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15556 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15557 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15558 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15559 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15560 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15562 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15563 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15565 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15566 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15567 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15568 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15570 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15571 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15573 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15574 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15575 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15576 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15578 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15579 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15581 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15582 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15583 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15584 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15585 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15586 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15587 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15589 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15591 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15592 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15593 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15594 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15595 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15596 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15598 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15599 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15600 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15603 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15604 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15605 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15608 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15609 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15610 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15611 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15614 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15615 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15616 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15619 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15620 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15621 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15624 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15625 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15626 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15627 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15630 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15631 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15632 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15633 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15634 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15635 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15636 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15637 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15639 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15640 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15641 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15642 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15643 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15644 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15647 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15648 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15649 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15650 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15652 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15653 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15654 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15655 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15656 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15658 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15659 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15660 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15661 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15662 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15665 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15666 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15667 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15669 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15670 is executing in.\n"
15671 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15672 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15673 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15675 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15676 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15677 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15678 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15680 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15681 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15682 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15683 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15687 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15688 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15689 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15690 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15691 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15692 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15693 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15694 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15695 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15696 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15697 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15698 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15699 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15700 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15701 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15702 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15704 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15705 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15706 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15707 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15708 breakpoint set."));
15711 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15712 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15713 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15714 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15715 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15716 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15717 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15718 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15719 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15721 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15722 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15723 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15724 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15725 breakpoint set."));
15727 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15729 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15730 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15731 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15732 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15733 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15734 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15735 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15736 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15737 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15738 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15739 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15740 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15741 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15743 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15744 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15745 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15746 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15748 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15750 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15751 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15752 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15753 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15755 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15756 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15757 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15758 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15760 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15761 catch_fork_command_1
,
15763 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15764 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15765 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15766 catch_fork_command_1
,
15768 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15769 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15770 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15771 catch_exec_command_1
,
15775 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15776 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15777 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15778 catch_load_command_1
,
15782 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15783 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15784 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15785 catch_unload_command_1
,
15790 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15791 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15792 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15793 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15794 an expression changes.\n\
15795 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15796 the memory to which it refers."));
15797 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15799 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15800 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15801 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15802 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15803 an expression is read.\n\
15804 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15805 the memory to which it refers."));
15806 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15808 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15809 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15810 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15811 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15812 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15813 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15814 the memory to which it refers."));
15815 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15817 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15818 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15820 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15821 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15822 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15823 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15824 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15825 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15826 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15827 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15828 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15831 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15832 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15834 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15836 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15838 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15839 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15841 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15842 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15843 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15845 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15846 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15847 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15848 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15850 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15851 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15853 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15854 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15855 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15857 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15858 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15860 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15861 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15862 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15863 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15864 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15865 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15866 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15867 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15868 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15870 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15871 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15872 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15873 conditions are different.\n\
15875 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15876 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15877 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15879 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15880 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15881 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15882 last tracepoint set."));
15884 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15886 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15887 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15888 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15889 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15891 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15893 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15894 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15895 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15896 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15898 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15900 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15901 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15902 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15903 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15905 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15907 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15908 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15909 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15910 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15911 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15913 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15914 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15915 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15916 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15918 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15919 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15920 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15921 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15922 session to restore them."),
15924 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15926 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15927 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15928 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15930 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15932 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15933 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15935 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15936 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15937 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15938 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15939 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15940 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15941 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15942 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15943 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15944 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15945 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15946 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15948 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15949 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15950 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15951 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15952 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15953 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15954 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15955 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15957 show_pending_break_support
,
15958 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15959 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15961 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15963 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15964 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15965 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15966 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15967 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15968 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15969 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15971 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15972 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15973 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15975 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15976 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15977 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15978 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15979 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15980 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15981 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15982 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15983 when execution stops."),
15985 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15986 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15987 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15989 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15990 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15991 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15992 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15993 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15994 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15995 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15996 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15997 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15998 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15999 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16000 be set to \"gdb\""),
16001 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16002 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16003 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16004 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16006 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16007 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16008 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16009 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16010 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16011 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16012 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16013 or the start of the range\n\
16014 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16015 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16016 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16018 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16019 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16020 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16022 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16023 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16024 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16025 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16026 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16027 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16029 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16030 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16031 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16032 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16033 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16034 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16035 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16036 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16037 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16038 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16039 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16040 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16042 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16043 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16044 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16045 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16046 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16047 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16048 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16050 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16051 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16052 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16053 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16054 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16055 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16056 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16058 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16059 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16060 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16061 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16062 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16063 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16066 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16068 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16069 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16070 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16072 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16074 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16075 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);